Welcome

COACHESMUST READ

>

Endless Summer (Single Mix)

Oceana

Oceana

Oceana Mahlmann Jakobus Siebels Mense Reents Hugo Oscar Marc F Jackson Blair MacKichan Reinhard Raith amp Andreas Littersche

Endless Summer (Official Song EURO 2012)

2012-05-04T070000Z

2012 Embassy of Music GmbH

AIBA Open BoxingNew Technical amp Competition Rules

Angel VillarrealAIBA Technical amp Rules Commission Member AOBWSBAPB Supervisor

Ray SilvasAIBA Referee amp Judge Commission Member AOBWSBAPB Supervisor

3

Reason for Changes

To adapt the same Technical amp Competition rules for the 3 AIBA programs

AOB = AIBA OPEN Boxing WSB = AIBA World Series Boxing APB = AIBA Professional Boxing

The Technical Rules are effective March 11 2013

3

4

Implement the no head guard rule for AOB like WSB and APB

Officially June 1 2013

All AIBA programs will implement the 10 point must scoring system

4

Reason for Changes

Youth (17-18) Elite (19-40)

Weight Divisions 10 10

Rounds 3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

Headgear amp Jerseys Yes NoYes JerseysGloves 10 10 amp 12 ounceOlympic Qualifying Events No Yes

Highest Level Competition

Youth Olympic Games Olympic Games

Weights 49 kg108 lbs 52 kg114 lbs 56 kg123 lbs 60 kg132 lbs 64 kg141 lbs 69 kg152 lbs 75 kg165 lbs 81 kg178 lbs 91 kg201 lbs 91+ kg201+ lbs

Weigh-In

6

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

AIBA Open BoxingNew Technical amp Competition Rules

Angel VillarrealAIBA Technical amp Rules Commission Member AOBWSBAPB Supervisor

Ray SilvasAIBA Referee amp Judge Commission Member AOBWSBAPB Supervisor

3

Reason for Changes

To adapt the same Technical amp Competition rules for the 3 AIBA programs

AOB = AIBA OPEN Boxing WSB = AIBA World Series Boxing APB = AIBA Professional Boxing

The Technical Rules are effective March 11 2013

3

4

Implement the no head guard rule for AOB like WSB and APB

Officially June 1 2013

All AIBA programs will implement the 10 point must scoring system

4

Reason for Changes

Youth (17-18) Elite (19-40)

Weight Divisions 10 10

Rounds 3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

Headgear amp Jerseys Yes NoYes JerseysGloves 10 10 amp 12 ounceOlympic Qualifying Events No Yes

Highest Level Competition

Youth Olympic Games Olympic Games

Weights 49 kg108 lbs 52 kg114 lbs 56 kg123 lbs 60 kg132 lbs 64 kg141 lbs 69 kg152 lbs 75 kg165 lbs 81 kg178 lbs 91 kg201 lbs 91+ kg201+ lbs

Weigh-In

6

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

3

Reason for Changes

To adapt the same Technical amp Competition rules for the 3 AIBA programs

AOB = AIBA OPEN Boxing WSB = AIBA World Series Boxing APB = AIBA Professional Boxing

The Technical Rules are effective March 11 2013

3

4

Implement the no head guard rule for AOB like WSB and APB

Officially June 1 2013

All AIBA programs will implement the 10 point must scoring system

4

Reason for Changes

Youth (17-18) Elite (19-40)

Weight Divisions 10 10

Rounds 3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

Headgear amp Jerseys Yes NoYes JerseysGloves 10 10 amp 12 ounceOlympic Qualifying Events No Yes

Highest Level Competition

Youth Olympic Games Olympic Games

Weights 49 kg108 lbs 52 kg114 lbs 56 kg123 lbs 60 kg132 lbs 64 kg141 lbs 69 kg152 lbs 75 kg165 lbs 81 kg178 lbs 91 kg201 lbs 91+ kg201+ lbs

Weigh-In

6

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

4

Implement the no head guard rule for AOB like WSB and APB

Officially June 1 2013

All AIBA programs will implement the 10 point must scoring system

4

Reason for Changes

Youth (17-18) Elite (19-40)

Weight Divisions 10 10

Rounds 3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

Headgear amp Jerseys Yes NoYes JerseysGloves 10 10 amp 12 ounceOlympic Qualifying Events No Yes

Highest Level Competition

Youth Olympic Games Olympic Games

Weights 49 kg108 lbs 52 kg114 lbs 56 kg123 lbs 60 kg132 lbs 64 kg141 lbs 69 kg152 lbs 75 kg165 lbs 81 kg178 lbs 91 kg201 lbs 91+ kg201+ lbs

Weigh-In

6

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Youth (17-18) Elite (19-40)

Weight Divisions 10 10

Rounds 3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

3 3-minutes 1 minute rest

Headgear amp Jerseys Yes NoYes JerseysGloves 10 10 amp 12 ounceOlympic Qualifying Events No Yes

Highest Level Competition

Youth Olympic Games Olympic Games

Weights 49 kg108 lbs 52 kg114 lbs 56 kg123 lbs 60 kg132 lbs 64 kg141 lbs 69 kg152 lbs 75 kg165 lbs 81 kg178 lbs 91 kg201 lbs 91+ kg201+ lbs

Weigh-In

6

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Weigh-In

6

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

7

Weigh-In Rules

A general physical amp weigh in will be conducted prior to the draw

Boxers must be clean shaven (no mustaches allowed or jewelry on body

At the general weigh-in a boxer shall not exceed the maximum of the boxerrsquos weight class nor be below the minimum of boxers weight class

7

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

8

Weigh-In Rules

Zero tolerance on any weight over designated weights

At the daily weigh-in (once the tournament starts) only the maximum weight limit should be controlled not the minimum weight limit

A boxer will have only one opportunity to weigh in on the official scale

8

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

9

Weigh-In Rules If a boxer is wearing a dressing on a cut wound

abrasion or laceration or blood is swelling on the scalp or the face including the nose or ears the decision will be made by the ringside doctor examining the boxer on the day the boxer is competing

A test scale must be available and calibrated the test scale must be the same as the official scale or the difference will be noted on the scale

9

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Athletes

10

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

11

HairnetsCaps

For all competitions other than Elite Men (female men and youth etc) it is mandatory for athletes with long hair to use a cap or hair net under the headgear

11

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

12

Gloves

AOB - 10oz for Weight Categories 49kg ndash 64kg Elite 108 - 141

AOB - 12oz for Weight Categories 69kg ndash 91+kg Elite 152 ndash 201+

All other categories (female youth and junior) ndash 10 oz gloves AOB - Velcro Closure The only licenses approved for AIBA competition gloves

Top TenAdidasWesingFBT

12

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

13

Hand Bandages

In all AOB competitions boxers must use bandages from one of the AIBA official boxing equipment licensees

The bandages of each boxer must be checked and marked by the equipment manager at the equipment check table

Specifications Bandages must not be longer than 45m (1476 feet) and not

shorter than 25m (82 feet) Bandages must be 57cm (2 1frasl4 inches) wide

Bandages must be made of stretchy cotton material with a velcro closure

USAB gauze and tape rules apply in the USA 13

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Coaches

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

15

Coaches

3 coaches are allowed in the corner Only 2 may mount the ring apron Only 1 may enter the ring

Coaches are allowed to give instructions in the corner and during round

Coaches can still be removed from the corner by the supervisor

15

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

16

Coaches For a 1st violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a caution For a 2nd violation on any of above prohibited activities

Seconds will receive a warning and be placed just outside of the FOP area but be allowed to remain the Competition Venue

For a 3rd violation on any of the above prohibited activities

Seconds will be removed by the Supervisor for the rest of the day

If the Seconds are removed for a second time Seconds will

be completely suspended from the competition

16

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

17

Coaches

Instruction will be given in a controlled manner from the corner

No touching the ring during round

Coaches will only be able to use clear bottles of water in the corner

17

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

18

Coaches

In the event of a cut the seconds can use the following items during the rest period

Steri Strip Vaseline Surgical and adrenaline (11000) Collodion Thrombin Solution Micro Fibrilan Coloagen Gelfoam

18

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

New Scoring System

19

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

20

New Scoring System

20

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

21

Scoring System The new scoring system is based on a 10 point must

system that can be used either with a similar electronic scoring system as in the past or a manual mode (paper scoring)

When the electronic scoring system (ESS) is available 5 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 5

When using the manual system 3 judges will enter the field of play their position around the ring will be randomly selected by ping pong balls numbered 1 through 3

21

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

22

Scoring System

Just before starting the bout the ESS will randomly select 3 judges out of the 5 to score the bout only the scores of these 3 judges selected will be counted

When using the manual system all 3 judges will be live

When using the ESS system the judges will not know if they are live until the end of the bout when their names and scores are announced

At the end of each round when using the ESS the judges will have 15 seconds to enter their score into the ESS scoring pad

22

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

23

Scoring System

The judge will select a winner after each round by hitting the red or blue button on the scoring pad or manually writing it on the score card all judges will declare their winner but only the 3 live judges scoring the bout will decide the outcome

Each of the judges must determine the winner of the round and award a score of 10 - 9 or less but not lower than 6 every round must have a declared winner no ties

Whether it is electronic or manual scoring the supervisor will apply any warnings associated with the bout and make the proper adjustments manually on score cards

With the the electronic scoring they will inform the ESS tech to apply the warning and it will be noted in the equation 23

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

24

Scoring System

With manual scoring the proper adjustments will be made once the score cards have been collected (the judgersquos full concentration must be dedicated to the bout without distractions)

If the bout is tied the scoring pad will light up and blink indicating to the judge they have to select a winner

In the event of a tie when using the manual system when the score card is turned in for the final round a winner must be declared on the score card

24

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

25

Scoring System

If the computer system goes down prior to the bout starting the supervisor will give the referee 5 scorecards to pass out to the judges the supervisor will randomly select through the blind selection process (ping pong balls) 3 of the 5 judges to score the bout

If the scoring system goes down after the beginning of the first round score cards will be handed out to all the judges but only the 3 live judges scores will determine the winner

When scoring manually this will not be an issue 25

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

26

Manual Scoring System

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

27

Scoring Criteria A boxer will be given value for the following scoring

methodology Number of quality blows landed on the target

area

Domination of the bout

Competitiveness ndash not giving up and continues to be competitive in the bout

27

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

28

Technique Clean effective scoring blows with good

style and form

Strategic and Tactical Maneuver himself in the position to score Out maneuver an opponent by ability to cut

off the ring

Infringement of the Rules set forth by USA Boxing

28

Scoring Criteria

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

29

Scoring System The following scores are based on the new scoring

criteria

10 ndash 9 (Close Round) 10 ndash 8 (Clear Winner) 10 ndash 7 (Total Dominance) 10 ndash 6 (Overmatched)

The difference between the 10 point must system in AOB versus professional boxing is that a knock down in professional boxing will automatically win you the round

In AOBUSAB itrsquos just part of the equation and evaluation of the total performance of the round

29

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

30

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

30

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

31

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

31

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Decisions

32

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

33

Decisions

Points Split or Unanimous

Technical Knock-Out ndash TKO

Technical Knock-Out Injury ndash TKO-I

33

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

34

Decisions

Disqualification ndash DQ

Knock-Out ndash KO

Walk-Over ndash WO

34

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

35

Decisions

Points ndash Total Score

Unanimous Decision ndash 3 Judges ndash same winner

Split Decision

2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash Tie2 Judges ndash same winner and 1 Judge ndash other

winner

35

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

36

Decisions

If an injury caused by an unintentional foul occurs and as a result the contest is stopped by the referee the judges will record the points gained by each boxer up to the time of the termination of the bout

The boxer who is ahead on points will be declared the winner of the bout on points in accordance with the scoring system

The round in which the bout is stopped will be scored even if it is a partial round

36

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

37

Decisions - TKO

Boxer retires Coach throws the towel into the ring Doctor recommends to referee or

supervisor to terminate the bout

37

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

38

Decisions - TKO

Outclassed

Low Blow

Boxer out of ring for more than 30 seconds

38

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

39

Boxer out of Ring

In the event of a boxer being knocked out of the ring the boxer should be allowed thirty (30) seconds to come back into the ring without anyonersquos assistance

In case the boxer is not able to come back into the ring within the above mentioned timeframe the opponent shall be declared the winner of the bout by TKO

39

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

40

Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)

Injury by correct punches in any round ie boxer gets hit in the nose from a correct punch and they cannot control the nose bleed the bout would be stopped

Unfit to continue ndash Injury (not necessarily by punch ie twisted ankle shoulder pops out of place)

40

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

41

Decisions - Disqualification

3 Warnings in bout

Flagrant Foul - Warning or DQ

Low Blow ndash Warning or DQ

41

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

42

New Low Blow Rule

After a low blow if the offended boxer does not complain and the low blow was not hard or intentional the referee makes a sign to signal the foul without interrupting the bout

After a low blow if the offended boxer complains about the severity of the blow the referee has 2 options

1) Disqualifying the offender immediately if an intentional and hard blow has been landed

2) Start an 8 count

42

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

43

New Low Blow Rule

After the 8 count the Referee has 2 options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will issue a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue the referee gives a certain amount of time to recover with a maximum of up to one and a half (1 12) minutes (90 Seconds)

43

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

44

New Low Blow Rule

After the above mentioned time frame the referee has two options

1) If the boxer is fit to continue the referee will give a warning to the offender and the bout continues

2) The boxer is unfit to continue his opponent

shall be declared the winner of the Bout by TKO

44

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

45

New Low Blow Rule

45

Low Blow

DQ 8 - count

Boxer can continue

= ldquoWarning rdquo= Box

Boxer cannot continue

= 1 frac12 min rest period

Boxer can continue

= Warning Box

Boxer cannot continue = Opponent wins by TKO

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

46

Decisions - KO

Unfit to continue before the count of 10 when the boxer is down

The referee suspends the count and summons the doctor in the ring when the boxer is down

Double KO Both boxers will lose the bout by KO

46

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

47

Decisions - Walkover When a boxer is present in the ring fully attired for

boxing and the opponent fails to appear after being announced and a maximum period of one minute has elapsed after the bell has been sounded the referee will declare the present boxer the winner by walkover

If the supervisor knows in advance that a boxer will not be present he will cancel the procedure mentioned above and the announcer will announce the official result to the public

47

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

48

When A Tiebreaker Is Needed

A tiebreaker will be needed in the following 3 situations

1 judge is tied amp 2 judges select different winners

2 judges are tied amp 1 judge selects one winner

3 Judges are tied

48

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

49

Boxer Knocked Down

In the event a boxer is knocked down at the end of a round referee must continue the count until the boxer gets up

Should the referee count up to 10 the boxer will be deemed to have lost the bout by KO the bell will not save the boxer

49

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

50

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Gumshield Out ndash 3 times out due to correct blows will warrant an automatic warning

If the gumshield is deliberately spit out the boxer will receive an automatic warning

50

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

51

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

Cautions will be issued at the discretion of the referee there will be no limit on the number of cautions that can be issued

Warnings will carry the weight of one point If a boxer receives a referees warning the

supervisor will record the warning in the scoring systems and each warning will reduce the total score of the offending boxer by one point

51

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

52

Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos

The boxer will be Disqualified after 3rd warning

The referee can DQ a boxer at anytime for a flagrant foul

The supervisor or RJ evaluators have the right to caution remove and disqualify a second who has infringed the rules

52

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

53

Compulsory Count Limits Elite men (19 ndash 40) after a maximum of

three 8 counts in one round the bout will be stopped

No limit of the amount of 8 counts in a bout without exceeding 3 in a round

Women youth and juniors will have a maximum of three 8 counts in one round and 4 in the bout

53

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Restrictions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

55

Restrictions of a Knockout

In the event of no Loss of Consciousness (LOC) a minimum restriction of 30 days

In the event of LOC for less than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 90 days In the event of LOC more than one (1) minute a

minimum restriction of 180 days Any Boxer who suffers a second LOC within three

(3) months of resuming boxing after a first LOC will have the previous medical restriction doubled

55

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

56

Restrictions of a Knockout

Three Knockouts - A Boxer who has been knocked out as a result of head blows during a contest or the referee has stopped the contest due to the boxer having received hard blows to the head making this Boxer defenseless or incapable of continuing three times in a period of 12 months will not be permitted to take part in competitive boxing or sparring for one (1) year from the third Knockout

56

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

57

Restrictions of a Knockout

Any Boxer who suffers three (3) LOCs within 12 months will be

suspended for a minimum of 18 months from the date of the third LOC

Any Boxer who has a medical restriction must not train or spar

during the restricted period

All protective measures will also apply if a Knockout andor concussion occur during training or anywhere else The Coach will be responsible to report to the National Federation

57

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Protest

58

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

59

Protests

A protest must be submitted by the team manager or the person with the highest position in the delegation or coach of the boxer no more than 30 minutes after the completion of the bout

A protest during the Finals of a competition must be submitted within 5 minutes of completion of the bout The award ceremony will be postponed until the results of the evaluation are announced

The protest must be made in writing and handed to the supervisor giving clear reasons for the protest and specifying which rules were violated The protest must only challenge the performances of the referee

No protest against judgesrsquo decisions will be accepted The protest fee is $50000 An administrative fee of $15000 will be

deducted from this amount and the remaining amount will be refunded if the protest is upheld If the protest is rejected the entire fee will not be returned to the party protesting 59

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

60

Protests

The supervisor has the right to accept or reject the protest The supervisor will inform the parties involved if the protest has been accepted or not If the protest is rejected before being reviewed the protest fee will be fully refunded

The evaluation must be conducted by the supervisor or deputy supervisors if applicable refereesrsquo evaluator and judgesrsquo evaluator immediately after the session is completed

The supervisor or deputy supervisors must immediately inform both team managers verbally and thereafter in writing but no later than the weigh-in and medical examination of the next day

A video recording of the protested bout must be used in all AOB competitions to analyze the bout Once a decision is taken it is final and no further review will be allowed

60

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Judges

61

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

62

Judges

Each judge will independently judge the merits of the two boxers using the new scoring system criteria

No judge will speak or give any sign to a boxer or to another judge or anyone else during the bout

No judge will leave their seat until the results have been announced to the public

62

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

63

Duties‒ Primary duty is to judge the bout according to

criteria and rules‒ Judges should judge independently and without bias‒ Bring refereersquos attention with anything the Referee

may not have noticed as loose ropes etc Action should be done between the rounds

‒ May not speak to anyone during a bout‒ May not give any sign to a boxer or judge‒ May not leave seat until the decision is announced to

the public‒ Will use the 10 point must system for judging

Judges

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

64

Legal Scoring Blow

Knuckle surface Legal scoring area of body Weight of body or shoulder While not infringing a rule Clearly connected Must have clear vision of punch

Judges

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

65

Tips Hints(1)‒ Never rely on past performance reputations or titles

earned by a particular athlete

‒ Boxers who swing their blows are liable to connect the target area with the inside of the glove

‒ Considerable amount of swinging blows do not connect with the knuckle part of the glove and are therefore foul blows

minus Judge must not award points whenever a foul has been committed

Judges

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

66

Tips Hints (2)

‒ Infighting may be described as the exchange of several blows when the Boxers are close together

‒ The Judges need to consider the combination blows

‒ DO NOT give credit for blows delivered if the boxer is infringing the rules

Judges

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

67

Tips (3)

‒ DO NOT be influenced by the crowd or by the corners

‒ DO NOT engage in conversations or other distractions during the contest - You need total concentration

‒ Give your undivided attention to the competing boxers

‒ Be prepared to advise the referee if needed

Judges

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

68

Referees

The referee may now use a touch by hand to stop and break the bout or to separate the boxers

68

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

69

Referees

The referee will signal to the supervisor to start the bout only after checking to make sure all officials and ring doctor are in place

If the gum shield falls out a third time from correct blows the boxer will receive a mandatory warning

Boxers must have a headgear and vest that is either red or blue depending on assigned corner

69

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Referee

70

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

71

Referees

Boxers will still wear jerseys A boxer can not have tape on any part of their

uniform No electronic devices are allowed on the field of

play by referees judges or coaches This removes all impropriety of anyone

disbursing information from the field of play

Referee and judges may use surgical gloves71

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

72

Duties (1)

‒ Primary Duty The safety of for both boxers throughout the bout

‒ To see that the rules and fair play are strictly observed

‒ To maintain control of the contest at all its stages

‒ To prevent a weak boxer from receiving undue and unnecessary punishment

Referees

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

73

Referees Duties (2)

‒ When the Referee has disqualified a boxer or stopped the Bout the Referee shall first inform the Supervisor which Boxer has been disqualified or the reason for which the Bout was stopped

‒ The Referee may consult the Ringside Doctor in respect of any injury to a Boxer

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

74

Center Ring Instructions‒ Short and to the point‒ Confirm Authority‒ Careful with the Heads‒ Establish Waistlines‒ Bout Specific Concerns

Referees

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

75

Referees During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Neutral easy and calm

‒ Strive for the right distance between yourself and the boxers

‒ Stay Alert

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

76

During Bout Movement amp Positioning‒ Shortening your distance when

- Difficult and tough bouts- Boxers infighting- Ability of one boxer is in doubt- Boxers moving towardsfighting on

ropes- There is a good deal of noise- Sounds signalling that 10 seconds are

left in the round76

Referees

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

77

During Bout Movement amp Positioning

‒ Stay at the dominant or ldquoopenrdquo side

‒ Positioning when both boxers are of the same stance

‒ You can work both sides‒ If one of the boxers appears to be fatigued or

weak work that open side whenever possible

Referees

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

78

During the Bout One Minute Rest Period‒ Full one-minute rest period‒ Critical for boxers and their team‒ Avoid interruptions‒ Make eye contact with your team‒ Observe and evaluate boxer‒ Tidy yourself‒ Be ready for the start of the next round‒ Make sure corners are clean before starting the next

round

Referees

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

79

Referees

Fouls ‒ Has to decide about following

‒ Accidental or Intentional foul ‒ Type of foul‒ Point deduction‒ Possible disqualification‒ Continue bout or not

‒ You donrsquot always have to call time do it especially for potentially harmful and unsafe situations

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

80

Tips (1)Six Characteristics distinguish a great referee

Good JudgmentKnowledge of the RulesMovement and PositioningGeneral Ring MechanicsIdentify right time to start an eight countIdentify the right time when to declare a TKO or KO

Referees

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

81

Tips (2)

‒ Priorities of the duties‒ Safety of the boxers‒ Uphold the rules‒ Prevent either boxer from receiving any

unnecessary blows‒ Never allow spectator or any outside source to

influence decision‒ Be strict without being severe (Boxing is a sport)‒ Never try to intimidate a boxer by lsquofinger pointingrsquo

when issuing a caution or warning

Referees

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

82

Tips (3)‒ Be sure to use the lsquowholersquo hand as this projects a

better image and will maintain respect form the competitors

‒ In the ring be as discreet as the bout allows you‒ Move alertly around the ring

‒ Avoid remaining in one position for long period thus obstructing the view of the Judges and onlookers and indeed not seeing as much of the contest as you should

‒ Never give commands if Boxers have their back to you

‒ Ensure you are in a correct position where the boxers fully understand your instruction actions or signals

Referees

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

83

Tips (4)

Distinguish between ldquoinfightingrdquo and ldquoclinchingA clinch occurs when one or both boxers lead and for a

moment their arms become locked together This is not a foul A foul occurs when a boxer does not

make an attempt to disengage from the clinch and continues to hold

Referees

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Referees

84

Tips (5)‒ Do not walk backwards always move in a forward

direction when possible

‒ Do not give the command ldquoBREAKrdquo too quickly or too often

- ldquoBREAKrdquo command should be given when the boxers are slow in getting out of a clinch

‒ At the command ldquoBREAKrdquo insist that ldquoBothrdquo boxers take a full step backwards

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

85

Tips (6)‒ Avoid saying Stop or Break too often unless it is

because of a head butt

‒ After the verbal command of ldquoBreakrdquo it may be necessary to use the hands to touch and separate the Boxers

‒ At the end of the round call ldquoStoprdquo and wait for the Boxers to retire to their corners

- Do not turn your back on the Boxers but move to the center of the ring turn and back into the neutral corner

Referees

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

86

Tips (7)‒ The Referees have to maintain control of the bout at

all times to prevent cuts injuries and concussions

‒ Acknowledge clashing of the heads

‒ Caution or Warn Boxers for Head Butting

‒ In case of an accidental clash of heads allow one or both boxers to recover then continue the bout without standing 8-count only Caution the two Boxers

Referees

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

87

Tips (8)

‒ Read the rules and the manual thoroughly before each assignment

‒ Practice the application of the rules in sparring sessions

‒ Attend seminars‒ Keep physically fit and follow a clean lifestyle‒ Be physically and mentally ready to officiate‒ Tone up and stretch before each of your bouts‒ Carefully watch the boxers during each round

and in the intervals keep an eye on the Ringside Doctor Coaches Judges and the Supervisor during the intervals as well

Referees

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

88

Four Words of Command

Stop ndash when calling for a temporary stop and when ordering boxers to stop boxing

Break ndash when breaking a clinch upon command each boxer shall take a step back before continuing to box

Time - when the referee needs to interrupt the bout for a longer period than 10 seconds using the command time will stop the clock

Box - when ordering boxers to resume boxing88

Referees

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Timekeeper

89

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

90

Timekeeper - Duties

Stop clock when referee says ldquoTimerdquo

Resume time when referee says ldquoBoxrdquo

Signal 10 Seconds before the end of the round Signal 10 Seconds before start of the next round

90

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

91

Timekeeper - Duties

Assist referee with the count

The timekeeper must regulate the time for(a) low blow(b) boxer out of ring(c) LOC (loss of consciousness)(d) Must have extra stop watch

The timekeeper will be seated directly at the side of the ring next to the gong operator

91

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Announcer

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

93

Announcer Duties Official Announcer

‒ Announce the entrance of the Boxer ‒ Announce the Referee and Judges‒ Announce 10 seconds before the end of rest-period -

ldquoSeconds Outrdquo‒ Announce the number of each round right after the

start of each round‒ Announce the final results at the end of the bout after

receiving the official results from the Supervisor

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

94

Announcer

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

Field of Play

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

96

Management of Ring

Supervisor (Chief of Officials)

Deputy Supervisor (Ring Captain)

RefereeJudge Evaluator

96

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

97

bull Duties

‒ Meet together with the Supervisor Referees and Judges before and after the matches

‒ Review with the Supervisor or the Deputy Supervisor any accepted Protests

RJ Evaluator

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

98

At all events the RampJ Evaluators will evaluate the Referees and Judges

This evaluation process will have different objectives‒ To select RampJs that will be used for next sessions‒ To select RampJrsquos whose performances are the best

RJ Evaluator

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

99

Judges Evaluation

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

100

Referees Evaluation

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

101

bull During the bouts ensure controls the FOP

Approves the referees and judges for each bout Checks the positions of each judge in each bout Enters the warnings in the scoring system according

to the warnings issued by the referee Confirms that the result of the bout is correct Gives the official result to the announcer

Supervisor Rules

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

102

Supervisor Rules

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

103

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Count LimitsElite Men

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Max 3 in 1 roundNo limit in 1 bout

Count Limits Women Youth amp Junior

Max 3 in 1 roundMax 4 in 1 bout

NA NA

Seconds on Ringside 3 3 3

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

104

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Gloves

Elite Men

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 4952566064

12 oz 69758191+91

10 oz 52 and 60

12 oz 69 81 91 +91

10 ozall other age

classifications

Gloves Closure Velcro as per WSB Laces Velcro as per

AOB

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

105

Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB

RULE AOB APB WSB

Bandage 45 meters stretchy cotton

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

12 meters gauze250 meters tape

Vest YES NO NO

Headguard

Elite MenNo headguard

Effective on June 1Grace period

NO NO

Annual Medical Certificate Submission online Submission online Submission online

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

106

RULE AOB APB WSB

Competition Officials

SupervisorDeputy Supervisor(s)

ITOs

SupervisorRingside Doctors

SupervisorRingside Doctors

RampJ Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Coaches Management

SystemUnique for all programs

Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions

107

Questions

107

• Welcome
• AIBA Open Boxing New Technical amp Competition Rules
• Reason for Changes
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Weigh-In
• Weigh-In Rules
• Weigh-In Rules (2)
• Weigh-In Rules (3)
• Athletes
• HairnetsCaps
• Gloves
• Hand Bandages
• Coaches
• Coaches
• Coaches (2)
• Coaches (3)
• Coaches (4)
• New Scoring System
• New Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System
• Scoring System (2)
• Scoring System (3)
• Scoring System (4)
• Scoring System (5)
• Manual Scoring System
• Scoring Criteria
• Slide 28
• Scoring System (6)
• Compulsory Count Limits
• Boxer Knocked Down
• Decisions
• Decisions
• Decisions (2)
• Decisions (3)
• Decisions (4)
• Decisions - TKO
• Decisions - TKO (2)
• Boxer out of Ring
• Decisions ndash TKO-I (Injury)
• Decisions - Disqualification
• New Low Blow Rule
• New Low Blow Rule (2)
• New Low Blow Rule (3)
• New Low Blow Rule (4)
• Decisions - KO
• Decisions - Walkover
• When A Tiebreaker Is Needed
• Boxer Knocked Down (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (2)
• Cautions Warnings amp DQrsquos (3)
• Compulsory Count Limits (2)
• Restrictions
• Restrictions of a Knockout
• Restrictions of a Knockout (2)
• Restrictions of a Knockout (3)
• Protest
• Protests
• Protests (2)
• Judges
• Judges (2)
• Slide 63
• Slide 64
• Slide 65
• Slide 66
• Slide 67
• Referees
• Referees (2)
• Referee
• Referees (3)
• Referees (4)
• Referees (5)
• Referees (6)
• Referees (7)
• Referees (8)
• Referees (9)
• Referees (10)
• Referees (11)
• Referees (12)
• Referees (13)
• Referees (14)
• Referees (15)
• Referees (16)
• Referees (17)
• Referees (18)
• Referees (19)
• Slide 88
• Timekeeper
• Timekeeper - Duties
• Timekeeper - Duties (2)
• Announcer
• Announcer
• Announcer (2)
• Field of Play
• Management of Ring
• RJ Evaluator
• RJ Evaluator (2)
• Judges Evaluation
• Referees Evaluation
• Supervisor Rules
• Supervisor Rules (2)
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB
• Major Rules ndash AOB APB WSB (2)
• Major Rules ndashAOB APB WSB
• Questions